‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

2 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬:‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
6 ................................................................................................................................................................................................ .........‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
6 .......... .... Active Voice and Passive Voice :1 ‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
................................................
6 ............... .................................................................. x
7 ...................................... ............... ............................................................................................................................ Active voice x
........................................................................................
Passive
8 ...................... ...................................................................... (Verbs Main )‫( ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬Verbs Helping )‫ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬:2voice
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
...................
9 ................................. .......................................................... (Helping Verbs) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬ x
.....................................................................
9 ...... ............................................................................... (Primary Helping Verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬o
10 ....................... ............................................ .................................. (Modal Helping Verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬o
12 .......................................................................................................................................................... (Main Verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬x
.................
12 .................................................... ................. (Dynamic and Stative Verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬o
12 .............. ................................................. ..... (Regular and irregular verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬o
13 ............................................................................................................ ............. (Linking Verbs ) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻱ‬
13 ............... ................................................................................ (Intransitive) ‫( ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ‬Transitive) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ‬o
13 ............................................................................................................................ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬
..............................................................................................
14 .............................................................................................. .......................................................................................................................... ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻲﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬

‫ ﺷﺮﻁ‬:‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

20 .............................................................................................................. .................................................................................. ....... (Conditionals) ‫ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ‬
20 ..................................... ......................................................................... ........................................................... ...... (First Conditional) ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ‬
21 .......................................................................................................... .............................................. ........... (Second Conditional) ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ‬
22 ...................................................................................................................................................................... .... (Third Conditional) ‫ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ‬
23 .................................................................................................................................................................................... (Conditional Zero) ‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﻔﺮ‬
23 ........... ........ ............................................................................................................................ ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ‬
.......................................................................................
‫ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬:‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
24 ............................................................................................................. (Basic Question Structure) ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬
24 . ................................................................................................................................................... (Basic Question Types) ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬
going to :‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
26 ..................................................................................................................................................................................... (Intention) ‫ﻗﺼﺪ‬
26 ............................................................................................................................................................ ......... (Prediction) ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
26 ............................................................................ (Present Simple for schedule) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
27 ...... ............................................................. (Present continuous for plan) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ‬
27 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬

‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬:‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

28 ....................................................................................................................................................................... (Gerunds) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
28.. (Gerunds as Subject, Object or Complement) ‫ ﺷﻲء ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬،‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬
 ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ )‪28 ........... ................................................................. (Gerunds after Prepositions‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ) ‪29 ................................................................................ (Gerunds after certain verbs‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪30 .............. ................................................................ (Gerunds in Passive sense) .‬‬
‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ‬
‫‪31‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ )ﺑﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻋﺎﻣﻬﺎﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪.......... ............................................................................ ((Phrasal Verbs‬‬
‫‪31‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪....................................................................................................................................................... (Phrasal Verbs‬‬
‫‪32‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻧﻲ )‪................ ...................................................................................... (Separable Phrasal Verbs‬‬
‫‪32‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ )‪......................................................................................................................................... (Prepositional Verbs‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪................................................................................................. (Prepositional Verbs-Phrasal‬‬
‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ)‪(past‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪34 ........................................................................................................... (Continuous Tense Past‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪34 ..............................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪34 .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪36 ................ ................................................. (Past Perfect Continuous Tense‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪36 ..........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪37 .......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪37 .............................................................................................................................. (Past Perfect Tense‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‪37 .......................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪38 .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )‪39 .............................................................................................................................. (Simple Past Tense‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪39 .......................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪40 .........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ)‪(present‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ‪42 .......... ......................................................................................... (Present Continuous Tense‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪42 ...................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪42 ...............................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪ ing‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺠﻲ )‪ (Spell‬ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪43 ......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ‪44 .................................................................... (Perfect Continuous Tense Present‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪44 ............................................................................................ ...............................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪45 .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪45 ....................................................................................................................... (Present Perfect Tense‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‪45 ............................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪47 .........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ For x‬ﻭ ‪ Since‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪49 .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )‪49 .......................................................................................................................... (Simple Present Tense‬‬
‫ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪49 ................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪49 .................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
 ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ)‪(future‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪52 ............................. ............................................................................ (Future Continuous Tense‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪52 ..................................................................................................................................... .............‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪53 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪53 .......................................................................... (Future Perfect Continuous Tense‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪53 ........................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪54 ..... .......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪54 .. ............................................................................................................................ (Future Perfect Tense‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‪54 ...........................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪55 ................... .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )‪55 ... ............................................................................................................................ (Simple Future Tense‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪55 ............................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪56 .................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢﻫﺎ ‪58 ............... ..................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪58 .......................................................................................... ........................................................... ......................................‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ )‪58 ......................................................................................................................................... (Noun Endings‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ )‪58 .................................................................................................... (Position in Sentence‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ )‪59 ...................................................................................................................................................... (Functions‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ )‪59 .................................................... (Countable Nouns, Uncountable Nouns‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ‪59 ................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ‪60 ...............................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪61 . ..........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ )‪61 .......................................................................................................................................... (Proper Nouns‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ‪61 .................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ‪62 ............................................................................................................................................. ....... The‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎ ‪63 .......................................................................................................................................................... The‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ )ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ(‪64 ................................... .(Possessive 's) .‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ )ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ( ‪64 ..........................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﻩ ‪65 .................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ ) ‪66 ............................................................................................................................................................................ ( Adjectives‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )‪66 ................ ................................................................................................................ (Determiners‬‬
‫‪66 ...............................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ An،A‬ﻭﻳﺎ ‪The‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪.........‬‬
‫‪ Each‬ﻭ ‪67 ................................................................................... .......................................................................... Every‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪68 ................ .............................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪...‬‬ ‫‪ Some‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪69 .................................................................................................................................................... (Adjective‬‬ ‫‪Any‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ )‪orders‬‬
‫‪..............................‬‬
‫‪69 .................. .......................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ x‬ﺻﻔﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ‪(Adjective before nouns) :‬‬
‫‪.......‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ) ‪70 ........................................................................................ (verbs Adjective after certain‬‬
 ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ )‪70 ...................................................................................................................... (Comparative Adjectives‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪71 ............................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪71 .........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ )‪72 ...................................................................................................................................... (Superlative Adjectives‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ‪72 ...................................................................................................................................................... .....‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ‪73 .......... ...............................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮﻫﺎ )‪75 .......... ............................................................................................................................................. ................... (Pronouns‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ )‪75 .......... ................................................... ................................................................ (Personal Pronouns‬‬
‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪77 .......... ..................................................................................................................................................................... ......‬‬
‫™ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪78................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪78 ............................................................................. .............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪78 ............................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ be‬ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪79 ........................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ‪Stop! :‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ Action word‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ run ،fight :‬ﻭ ‪work‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ State word‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪belong ، seem ، exist ،be :‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ( ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪John speaks English .‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ‪ John‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ)‪ (subject‬ﻭ ‪ speaks‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪Action: Renaldo plays football.‬‬
‫‪State :Owen seems kind.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ) ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻭ ‪ (...‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊ) ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ‪ ( s‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪) to work‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ( ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪to work , work , worked , works , working‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪1‬‬

‫‪Active Voice and Passive Voice:‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ voice‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Active voice x‬‬
‫‪Passive voice x‬‬

‫‪Active Voice:-1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ active voice‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ )‪ (subject‬ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻲء ﻳﺎ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ )‪ (object‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Cat eats fish.‬‬
‫‪cat :Subject or Active object.‬‬
‫‪eats : Verb‬‬
‫‪fish :Passive object‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﮔﺮﺑﻪ)ﻓﺎﻋﻞ( ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ )ﺷﻲء( ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 7 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬.‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﻲء ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬Passive voice ‫ﺩﺭ‬
:‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
Fish are eaten by cats.
Fish :Subject or Active object
are :Auxiliary Verb
eaten :main verb (past participle)
by ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
cat :Passive object or Active subject
.‫ ﺷﻴﺌﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬Active object : ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬

Passive voice :2
: ‫ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Passive voice ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ‬
Subject +Auxiliary verb (be) + main verb (past participle)
.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬helping verb ‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬auxiliary verb ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
: ‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺩﻭ‬be ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ ) ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ‬be ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
: ‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‬
make continuous tense -1
make the passive -2
: ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ‬-1
(‫ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ) ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻲء ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻲءﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬-2
:‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
subject auxiliary verb (to be) main verb (past participle)
Water is drunk by everyone.
100 people are employed by this company.
I am paid in euro.
We are not paid in dollars.
Are they paid in yen?
: ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬Passive voice ‫ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺯ‬
.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‬Subject ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬Active object ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬x
.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ‬Passive object ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬x
: ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
subject verb object
‫ ﻳﺎ‬Active Object ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬President Kennedy was killed by Lee Harvey Oswald.
.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‬President Kennedy
.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ‬Passive object ‫ ﻣﺎ‬My wallet has been stolen. ?
: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
 ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 8 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬by ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻐﺖ‬Passive object ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ‬
:‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
He was killed with a gun.
‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻳﻢ؟‬by ‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬Active subject ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬Passive object ‫ ﻧﻘﺶ‬gun ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
: ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬.‫ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
He was killed by somebody with a gun.

:Passive voice ‫ﺻﺮﻑ‬

infinitive to be washed
simple present It is washed.
past It was washed.
future It will be washed.
conditional It would be washed.
continuous present It is being washed.
past It was being washed.
future It will be being washed.
conditional It would be being washed.
perfect simple present It has been washed.
past It had been washed.
future It will have been washed.
conditional It would have been washed.
perfect continuous present It has been being washed.
past It had been being washed.
future It will have been being washed.
conditional It would have been being washed.

2 ‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬

(Main Verbs)‫( ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬Helping Verbs)‫ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
:‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
(Helping Verbs) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
(Main verbs) ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
:‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
:‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‬

I can .
People must .
The Earth will .
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﻴﻠﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻼﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪I teach .‬‬
‫‪People eat .‬‬
‫‪The Earth rotates .‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺒﺎﺭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﺑﻠﻲ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﻴﻠﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪helping verb‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬
‫‪John‬‬ ‫‪likes‬‬ ‫‪coffee.‬‬
‫‪You‬‬ ‫‪lied‬‬ ‫‪to me.‬‬
‫‪They‬‬ ‫‪are‬‬ ‫‪happy.‬‬
‫‪The children‬‬ ‫‪are‬‬ ‫‪playing.‬‬
‫‪We‬‬ ‫‪must‬‬ ‫‪go‬‬ ‫‪now.‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪do‬‬ ‫‪not‬‬ ‫‪want‬‬ ‫‪any.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ )‪: (Helping Verbs‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ )‪(Primary Helping Verbs‬‬

‫‪ be -1‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ )‪ is ,am‬ﻭ ‪.(are‬‬
‫‪ to make continuous tense‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪)He is watching TV.‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ watching‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ(‬
‫‪ to make the passive‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺶ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Small fishes are eaten by big fishes.‬‬
‫‪:Have -2‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ to make perfect tenses‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪) I have finished my homework.‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ finished‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ(‬
‫‪: Do -3‬‬
‫‪ to make negatives‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪I don't like you. :‬‬
‫‪ To make questions‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻥ ‪Do you want some coffee ? :‬‬
‫‪ to show emphasis‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ‪I do want you to pass your exam . :‬‬
‫‪ to stand for main verbs in some constructions‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ‪He speaks faster than she does. :‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ )‪(Modal Helping Verbs‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪can, could‬‬
‫‪may, might‬‬
‫‪will, would‬‬
‫‪shall, should‬‬
‫‪must‬‬
‫‪ought to‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪I can't speak Chinese.‬‬
‫‪John may arrive late.‬‬
‫?‪Would you like a cup of coffee‬‬
‫‪You should see a doctor.‬‬
‫‪I really must go now.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪need‬‬
‫‪dare‬‬
‫‪used to‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ) ‪ (semi -modal verbs‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ‪ Can‬ﭼﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Subject +can +main verb‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪She can drive a car.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Can you put the TV on.‬‬
‫!‪Can you be quiet‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫? ‪Can I smoke in this room‬‬
‫‪you can smoke in the room.‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ‪ Could‬ﭼﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Subject +could + main verb‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪I could swim when I was 5 years old.‬‬
‫‪My grandmother could speak seven languages.‬‬
‫?‪Could you understand what he was saying‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ‪ could‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﺆﺩﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪can‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫?‪Could you tell me where the bank is, Please‬‬
‫?‪Could you send me a catalogue, please‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ Have to‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺷﻬﻮﺩﻱ(‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Children have to go to school.‬‬
‫‪In France, you have to drive on the right.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪subject + auxiliary verb +have +infinitive (with to‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪I do not have to see a doctor.‬‬
‫‪I have to see a doctor.‬‬
‫‪I do have to see a doctor.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ Must‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ) :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ Have to‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪subject +must +main verb‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫‪You must visit us soon.‬‬
‫‪I must call my mother tomorrow.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ‪ Must not‬ﻳﺎ ‪ Mustn't‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﻴﺖ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪subject +must not +main verb‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Passengers must not talk to the driver.‬‬
‫‪Policeman mustn't drink on duty.‬‬
‫)‪Visitors must not smoke .(present‬‬
‫)‪I mustn't forget Tara's Birthday.(future‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ‪ must not‬ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪I couldn't park outside the parking.‬‬
‫‪We were not allowed to enter.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ )‪: (Main Verbs‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ) ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ(‪ .‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ )‪ (Transitive‬ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ )‪: (Intransitive‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪.speak‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪Transitive:‬‬
‫‪I saw an elephant.‬‬
‫‪We are watching TV.‬‬
‫‪He speaks English.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲءﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻧﺎﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ an elephant‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ، I saw :‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ؟ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ see‬ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ I see :‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Intransitive:‬‬
‫‪He has arrived.‬‬
‫‪John goes to school.‬‬
‫‪She speaks fast.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ John goes to school‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ‪ goes‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪school‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ‪ to school‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﻳﻢ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ John goes :‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ goes‬ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻱ ) ‪: (Linking Verbs‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 13 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

Mary is a Teacher .(Mary =Teacher)

Tara is beautiful .(Tara =Beautiful)
The sky became dark (Sky > dark)
: (Dynamic and Stative Verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬-3
‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬
‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬.‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬continuous tense
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ‬،‫ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬continuous tense ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
hit ,fight ,run : ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ‬
like, love, impress, hear, appear : ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬
: (Regular and irregular verbs) ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬-4
‫( ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ‬past tense) ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫" ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ‬ed" ‫( ﺑﺎ‬past participle) ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬
.‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬

: (Regular Verbs) ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬

:‫ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬600 ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
x accept x allow x applaud x attach
x add x amuse x appreciate x attack
x admire x analyze x approve x attempt
x admit x announce x argue x attend
x advise x annoy x arrange x attract
x afford x answer x arrest x avoid
x agree x apologize x arrive
x alert x appear x ask

x back x beg x boil x brake

x bake x behave x bolt x branch
x balance x belong x bomb x breathe
x ban x bleach x book x bruise
x bang x bless x bore x brush
x bare x blind x borrow x bubble
x bat x blink x bounce x bump
x bathe x blot x bow x burn
x battle x blush x box x bury
x beam x boast x brake x buzz

x calculate x choke x compare x cough

x call x chop x compete x count
x camp x claim x complain x cover
x care x clap x complete x crack
x carry x clean x concentrate x crash
x carve x clear x concern x crawl
x cause x clip x confess x cross
‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 14 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

x challenge x close x confuse x crush

x change x coach x connect x cry
x charge x coil x consider x cure
x chase x collect x consist x curl
x cheat x colour x contain x curve
x check x comb x continue x cycle
x cheer x command x copy
x chew x communicate x correct

x dam x deliver x disapprove x dress

x damage x depend x disarm x drip
x dance x describe x discover x drop
x dare x desert x dislike x drown
x decay x deserve x divide x drum
x deceive x destroy x double x dry
x decide x detect x doubt x dust
x decorate x develop x drag
x delay x disagree x drain
x delight x disappear x dream

x earn x end x excite x explain

x educate x enjoy x excuse x explode
x embarrass x enter x exercise x extend
x employ x entertain x exist
x empty x escape x expand
x encourage x examine x expect

x face x fetch x flash x force

x fade x file x float x form
x fail x fill x flood x found
x fancy x film x flow x frame
x fasten x fire x flower x frighten
x fax x fit x fold x fry
x fear x fix x follow
x fence x flap x fool

x gather x grab x grin x guard

x gaze x grate x grip x guess
x glow x grease x groan x guide
x glue x greet x guarantee

x hammer x harm x heat x hug

x hand x hate x help x hum
x handle x haunt x hook x hunt
x hang x head x hop x hurry
x happen x heal x hope
x harass x heap x hover

x identify x increase x intend x invite

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 15 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

x ignore x influence x interest x irritate

x imagine x inform x interfere x itch
x impress x inject x interrupt
x improve x injure x introduce
x include x instruct x invent

x jail x jog x joke x juggle

x jam x join x judge x jump

x kick x kiss x knit x knot

x kill x kneel x knock

x label x learn x lighten x load

x land x level x like x lock
x last x license x list x long
x laugh x lick x listen x look
x launch x lie x live x love

x man x matter x milk x move

x manage x measure x mine x muddle
x march x meddle x miss x mug
x mark x melt x mix x multiply
x marry x memorize x moan x murder
x match x mend x moor
x mate x mess up x mourn

x nail x need x nod x notice

x name x nest x note x number

x obey x obtain x offer x overflow

x object x occur x open x owe
x observe x offend x order x own

x pack x permit x pop x prevent

x paddle x phone x possess x prick
x paint x pick x post x print
x park x pinch x pour x produce
x part x pine x practice x program
x pass x place x pray x promise
x paste x plan x preach x protect
x pat x plant x precede x provide
x pause x play x prefer x pull
x peck x please x prepare x pump
x pedal x plug x present x punch
x peel x point x preserve x puncture
x peep x poke x press x punish
x perform x polish x pretend x push
‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 16 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

x question x queue

x race x refuse x remove x rhyme

x radiate x regret x repair x rinse
x rain x reign x repeat x risk
x raise x reject x replace x rob
x reach x rejoice x reply x rock
x realize x relax x report x roll
x receive x release x reproduce x rot
x recognize x rely x request x rub
x record x remain x rescue x ruin
x reduce x remember x retire x rule
x reflect x remind x return x rush

x sack x shiver x soothe x stop

x sail x shock x sound x store
x satisfy x shop x spare x strap
x save x shrug x spark x strengthen
x saw x sigh x sparkle x stretch
x scare x sign x spell x strip
x scatter x signal x spill x stroke
x scold x sin x spoil x stuff
x scorch x sip x spot x subtract
x scrape x ski x spray x succeed
x scratch x skip x sprout x suck
x scream x slap x squash x suffer
x screw x slip x squeak x suggest
x scribble x slow x squeal x suit
x scrub x smash x squeeze x supply
x seal x smell x stain x support
x search x smile x stamp x suppose
x separate x smoke x stare x surprise
x serve x snatch x start x surround
x settle x sneeze x stay x suspect
x shade x sniff x steer x suspend
x share x snore x step x switch
x shave x snow x stir
x shelter x soak x stitch

x talk x thaw x trace x trot

x tame x tick x trade x trouble
x tap x tickle x train x trust
x taste x tie x transport x try
x tease x time x trap x tug
x telephone x tip x travel x tumble
x tempt x tire x treat x turn
x terrify x touch x tremble x twist
x test x tour x trick x type
x thank x tow x trip
 ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 17 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

x undress x unite x unpack x use

x unfasten x unlock x untidy

x vanish x visit

x wail x waste x whirl x work

x wait x watch x whisper x worry
x walk x water x whistle x wrap
x wander x wave x wink x wreck
x want x weigh x wipe x wrestle
x warm x welcome x wish x wriggle
x warn x whine x wobble
x wash x whip x wonder

x x-ray

x yawn x yell

x zip x zoom

: (Irregular Verbs) ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬

: ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Base Form Past Simple Past Participle broadcast broadcast broadcast

awake awoke awoken build built built

be was, were been burn burned/burnt burned/burnt

beat beat beaten buy bought bought

become became become catch caught caught

begin began begun choose chose chosen

bend bent bent come came come

bet bet bet cost cost cost

bid bid bid cut cut cut

bite bit bitten dig dug dug

blow blew blown do did done

break broke broken draw drew drawn

bring brought brought dream dreamed/dreamt dreamed/dreamt

 ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 18 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

drive drove driven let let let

drink drank drunk lie lay lain

eat ate eaten lose lost lost

fall fell fallen make made made

feel felt felt mean meant meant

fight fought fought meet met met

find found found pay paid paid

fly flew flown put put put

forget forgot forgotten read read read

forgive forgave forgiven ride rode ridden

freeze froze frozen ring rang rung

get got gotten rise rose risen

give gave given run ran run

go went gone say said said

grow grew grown see saw seen

hang hung hung sell sold sold

have had had send sent sent

hear heard heard show showed showed/shown

hide hid hidden shut shut shut

hit hit hit sing sang sung

hold held held sit sat sat

hurt hurt hurt sleep slept slept

keep kept kept speak spoke spoken

know knew known spend spent spent

lay laid laid stand stood stood

lead led led swim swam swum

learn learned/learnt learned/learnt take took taken

leave left left teach taught taught

lend lent lent tear tore torn

 ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 19 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

tell told told wake woke woken

think thought thought wear wore worn

throw threw thrown win won won

understand understood understood write wrote written

 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:2‬ﺷﺮﻁ‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ )‪: (Conditionals‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻁ )‪ (Condition‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪if y =10 then 2y =20‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺳﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪IF condition result‬‬
‫‪IF y =10‬‬ ‫‪2y =20‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪result‬‬ ‫‪IF condition‬‬
‫‪2y =20 IF y =10‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ )‪: (First Conditional‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ " ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ " ﻳﺎ "‪ "Real Possibility‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ Real Possibility‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻢ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺗﻨﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ؟‬
‫‪IF condition‬‬ ‫‪result‬‬
‫‪present simple WILL +base verb‬‬
‫‪If it rains‬‬ ‫‪I will stay at home.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺑﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ Will‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
 ‫ﺷﺮﻁ‬:2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 21 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

IF condition result
present simple WILL +base verb
If I see Mary I will tell her.
If Tara is free tomorrow he will invite her.
If they do not pass their exam their teacher will be sad.
If it rains tomorrow will you stay at home?
If it rains tomorrow what will you do?
: ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
result IF condition
WILL +base verb present simple
I will tell Mary if I see her.
He will invite Tara if she is free tomorrow.
Their teacher will be sad if they do not pass their exam.
Will you stay at home if it rains tomorrow?
What will you do if it rains tomorrow?

: ‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬may ‫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬Shall ، Can ‫ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ‬Will ‫ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
If you are good today, you can watch TV tonight.

: (Second Conditional) ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ‬

. ‫" ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬Unreal Possibility" ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ "ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ " ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻢ‬،‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺗﻲ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬Unreal Possibility ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
.‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ‬،‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ )ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﻲ( ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬Lottery ‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻴﻂ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬Lottery ‫ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻠﻴﻂ‬. ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
.‫ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬.‫ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
IF condition result
past simple WOULD +base verb
If I won the lottery I would buy a car.
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.Would ‫ ﺍﺯ‬Will ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬
: ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
IF condition result
past simple WOULD +base verb
If I married Mary I would be happy.
If Ram became rich she would marry him.
If it snowed next July would you be surprised?
If it snowed next July what would you do?
 ‫ﺷﺮﻁ‬:2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 22 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

result IF condition
WOULD +base verb past simple
I would be happy if I married Mary.
She would marry Ram if he became rich.
Would you be surprised if it snowed next July?
What would you do if it snowed next July?

:‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬Might ‫ ﻭ‬Should ،Could : ‫ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ‬Would ‫ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
If I won a million dollars, I could stop working .

: (Third Conditional) ‫ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ‬

. ‫" ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬no Possibility" ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ "ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ " ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
.‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺥ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬no Possibility ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
.‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺥ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
.‫ )ﺑﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﻲ( ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻳﺪ‬Lottery ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻠﻴﻂ‬
condition result
Past Perfect WOULD HAVE +Past Participle
If I had won the lottery I would have bought a car.
‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ‬Might Have ‫ ﻭ‬Should Have ،Could Have ‫ ﺍﺯ‬Would Have ‫ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
If you had bought a Lottery, you might have won .
: ‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
IF condition result
past perfect WOULD HAVE +past participle
If I had seen Mary I would have told her.
If Tara had been free yesterday I would have invited her.
If they had not passed their exam their teacher would have been sad.
If it had rained yesterday would you have stayed at home?
If it had rained yesterday what would you have done?

result
WOULD HAVE +past participle
I would have told Mary
I would have invited Tara
Their teacher would have been sad
Would you have stayed at home
What would you have done
IF condition
past perfect
if I had seen her.
if she had been free yesterday.
if they had not passed their exam.
if it had rained yesterday?
if it had rained yesterday?
 ‫ﺷﺮﻁ‬:2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 23 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

: (Conditional Zero) ‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﻔﺮ‬

.‫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬،‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ؟ ﻳﺦ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬.‫ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺦ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﻳﺪ‬
:‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

IF condition result
present simple present simple
If you heat ice it melts.
.‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻫﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻻﻏﻴﺮ‬
:‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬When ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ‬If ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬: ‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‬
When I get up late, I miss my bus .
: ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
IF condition result
present simple present simple
If I miss the 8 o'clock bus I am late for work.
If I am late for work my boss gets angry.
If people don't eat they get hungry.
If you heat ice does it melt?

result IF condition
present simple present simple
I am late for work if I miss the 8 o'clock bus.
My boss gets angry if I am late for work.
People get hungry if they don't eat.
Does ice melt if you heat it?

: ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﺴﻢ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
probability conditional example time
100% zero conditional If you heat ice, it melts. any time
50% first conditional If it rains, I will stay at home. future
10% second conditional If I won the lottery, I would buy a car. future
0% third conditional If I had won the lottery, I would have bought a car. past
‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬:3 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 24 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

: (Basic Question Structure) ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬

:‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
auxiliary verb + subject + main verb
auxiliary verb subject main verb
Do you like Mary?
Are they playing football?
Will Anthony go to Tokyo?
Have you seen ET?
:‫ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬
: ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬be ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
Statement: He is German.
Question: Is he German?

: (Basic Question Types) ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬

: ‫ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‬
.‫(ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬Yes/No Questions) ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻲ ﺧﻴﺮ‬
.‫ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‬.(Question Word Questions)‫ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‬
.‫( ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺴﺖ‬Choice Questions) ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ‬

1. Yes/No Questions
auxiliary verb subject main verb Answer
Yes or No
Do you want dinner? Yes, I do.
Can you drive? No, I can't.
Has she finished her work? Yes, she has.
Did they go home? No, they didn't.
(‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء! ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Is Anne French? Yes, she is.
Was Ram at home? No, he wasn't.
‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬:3 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 25 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

2. Question Word Questions

question word auxiliary verb subject main verb Answer
Information
Where do you live? In Paris.
When will we have lunch? At 1pm.
Who did she meet? She met Ram.
Why hasn't Tara done it? Because she can't.
(‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء! ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Where is Bombay? In India.
How was she? Very well.

3. Choice Questions
auxiliary subject main OR Answer
verb verb In the question
Do you want tea or coffee? Coffee, please.
Will we meet John or James? John.
Did she go to or New She went to
London York? London.
(‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء! ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Is your car white or black? It's black.
Were they $15 or $50? $15.
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪going to:4‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫)‪:(Intention‬‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Going to‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪I have won $1,000, I'm going to buy a new TV.‬‬
‫‪When are you going to go on holiday.‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ )‪: (Prediction‬‬

‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ‪ Going to‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪The sky is very black, it is going to snow.‬‬
‫‪It's 8:30 !You're going to miss the train.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ will‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪﺭﻛﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪It will rain tomorrow.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﻛﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪It's going to rain tomorrow.‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ )‪: (Present continuous for plan‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫)‪ (Future words‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ‪ next week ،tomorrow :‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ In June‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺼﺪ )‪ (going to‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ )‪ (plan‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ‪ going to‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫‪We're going to paint the bedroom tomorrow.‬‬
‫‪We're painting the bedroom tomorrow.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺵ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ going to‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪ 70‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Mary is taking her music exam next year.‬‬
‫‪They can't play tennis with you tomorrow, They're working.‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪going to:4‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪We're going to the theatre on Friday.‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ )‪: (Present Simple for schedule‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ ) ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ( ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻥ ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ 100‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪The train leaves New York at 9pm tonight .‬‬
‫‪Tomorrow is Thursday .‬‬

‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ "ﺩﻳﺪ" ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫‪0%‬‬ ‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪no plan‬‬ ‫‪Don't get up .I'll answer the phone.‬‬

‫‪70%‬‬ ‫‪going to‬‬ ‫‪intention‬‬ ‫‪We're going to watch TV tonight.‬‬

‫‪90%‬‬ ‫‪ plan‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪I'm taking my exam in June.‬‬

‫‪99.999%‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪schedule‬‬ ‫‪My plane takes off at 6.00am tomorrow.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :5‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ )‪: (Gerunds‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﺎ "‪ "ing‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ )preset participle‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ ing‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ‪ Gerunds‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪Fishing is fun .‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ ing‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ‪present participle‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪Anthony is Fishing .‬‬
‫‪I have a boring teacher .‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ Gerund‬ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﻲء ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫)‪:(Gerunds as Subject, Object or Complement‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﻲء ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Smoking costs a lot of money.‬‬
‫‪I don't like writing.‬‬
‫‪My favorite occupation is reading.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ] ‪ [Object +Gerund‬ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﻲء ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Smoking cigarettes costs a lot of money.‬‬
‫‪I don't like writing letters.‬‬
‫‪My favorite occupation is reading detective stories.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪) adjective‬ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪ -‬ﺻﻔﺖ( ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪The settling of debts.‬‬
‫‪His drinking of alcohol.‬‬
‫‪Pointless questioning.‬‬
‫)‪A settling of debts (not settling debts.‬‬
‫‪Making "Titanic "was expensive.‬‬
‫‪The making of "Titanic "was expensive.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫)‪: (Gerunds after Prepositions‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ Gerund‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪I will call you after arriving at the office .‬‬
‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬:5 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 29 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

Please, have a drink before leaving .

I am looking forward to meeting you .
Do you object to working late?
Tara always dreams about going on holiday .
:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
I will call you after arriving at the office .
Please have a drink before leaving .
I am looking forward to meeting you .
Do you object to working late?
Tara always dreams about going on holiday .
to ‫ ﭘﺲ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬،‫ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬Gerunds ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬driving ‫ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬drive ‫ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ‬
I am used to driving on the left .
I used to drive on the left .
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ‬to drive ‫ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ‬to ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
.‫ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬to ‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

: (Gerunds after certain verbs )
‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ‬.‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬
:‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
I want to eat .
: ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
I dislike eating .
‫ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬.‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
: ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Gerunds
admit, appreciate, avoid, carry on, consider, defer, delay, deny, detest, dislike,
endure, enjoy, escape, excuse, face, feel like, finish, forgive, give up, can't help,
imagine, involve, leave off, mention, mind, miss, postpone, practice, put off,
report, resent, risk, can't stand, suggest, understand .
: ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
She is considering having a holiday .
Do you feel like going out?
I can't stand not seeing you .
: ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬
I like to play tennis .
I like playing tennis .
It started to rain .
It started raining .
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :5‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪:(Gerunds in Passive sense‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪ want،need‬ﻭ ‪ require‬ﺍﺯ ‪ Gerund‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪I have three pants that need washing (needs to be washed).‬‬
‫‪This letter requires signing (needs to be signed).‬‬
‫‪The house wants repainting (needs to be repainted).‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ‪ Something wants doing‬ﻳﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪want‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :6‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ )ﺑﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻋﺎﻣﻬﺎﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪: ((Phrasal Verbs‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ "ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ" ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ turn on ،pick up :‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ .get on with‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪) Phrasal Verbs‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ( ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻟﻐﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻐﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪ Phrasal verbs‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ get‬ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ get up ،‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪look‬‬ ‫‪direct your eyes in a certain You must look before you‬‬
‫‪direction‬‬ ‫‪leap.‬‬
‫‪prepositional verbs‬‬ ‫‪look after‬‬ ‫‪take care of‬‬ ‫?‪Who is looking after the baby‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪phrasal verbs‬‬ ‫‪look up‬‬ ‫‪search for and find‬‬ ‫‪You can look up my number in‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ‬ ‫‪information in a reference‬‬ ‫‪the telephone directory.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪book‬‬
‫‪phrasal-prepositional‬‬ ‫‪look forward to‬‬ ‫‪anticipate with pleasure‬‬ ‫‪I look forward to meeting you.‬‬
‫‪verbs‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪: (Phrasal Verbs‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Verb + Adverb‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪phrasal‬‬ ‫‪meaning‬‬ ‫‪examples‬‬
‫‪verbs‬‬ ‫‪direct object‬‬
‫‪intransitive phrasal get up‬‬ ‫‪rise from bed‬‬ ‫‪I don't like to get up.‬‬
‫‪verbs‬‬ ‫‪break down‬‬ ‫‪cease to function He was late because his‬‬
‫‪car broke down.‬‬
‫‪transitive phrasal‬‬ ‫‪put off‬‬ ‫‪postpone‬‬ ‫‪We will have to put off‬‬ ‫‪the meeting.‬‬
‫‪verbs‬‬ ‫‪turn down‬‬ ‫‪refuse‬‬ ‫‪They turned down‬‬ ‫‪my offer.‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :6‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻧﻲ )‪: (Separable Phrasal Verbs‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ) ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫‪They turn down my offer .‬‬
‫‪They turn my offer down .‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﻲء‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪direct object‬‬ ‫‪John switched‬‬ ‫‪on‬‬ ‫‪the radio.‬‬
‫‪pronouns must‬‬ ‫‪These are all possible.‬‬
‫‪go between the John switched the radio on.‬‬
‫‪two parts of‬‬ ‫‪John switched it‬‬ ‫‪on.‬‬
‫‪transitive‬‬
‫‪phrasal verbs‬‬ ‫‪John switched‬‬ ‫‪on‬‬ ‫‪it.‬‬ ‫‪This is not possible.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﭘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ look up‬ﺟﺪﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪look (something) up‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ put off‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪put (off (something\somebody‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ )‪: (Prepositional Verbs‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Prepositional+Verb‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪examples‬‬
‫‪prepositional verbs‬‬ ‫‪meaning‬‬
‫‪direct object‬‬
‫‪believe in‬‬ ‫‪have faith in the existence of I believe in‬‬ ‫‪God.‬‬
‫‪look after‬‬ ‫‪take care of‬‬ ‫‪He is looking after‬‬ ‫‪the dog.‬‬
‫‪talk about‬‬ ‫‪discuss‬‬ ‫‪Did you talk about‬‬ ‫?‪me‬‬
‫‪wait for‬‬ ‫‪await‬‬ ‫‪John is waiting for‬‬ ‫‪Mary.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ )‪ (prepositional verbs‬ﺷﺪﺍﺷﺪﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Who is looking after the baby? This is possible.‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪Who is looking the baby after? This is not possible.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪Believe in something)/(somebody :‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :6‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ )‪:(Phrasal-Prepositional Verbs‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪verb + preposition + Adverb‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪examples‬‬
‫‪phrasal-prepositional verbs‬‬ ‫‪meaning‬‬
‫‪direct object‬‬
‫‪get on with‬‬ ‫‪have a friendly relationship‬‬ ‫‪He doesn't get on‬‬ ‫‪his wife.‬‬
‫‪with‬‬ ‫‪with‬‬
‫‪put up with‬‬ ‫‪tolerate‬‬ ‫‪I won't put up with‬‬ ‫‪your‬‬
‫‪attitude.‬‬
‫‪look forward to‬‬ ‫‪anticipate with pleasure‬‬ ‫‪I look forward to‬‬ ‫‪seeing you.‬‬
‫‪run out of‬‬ ‫‪use up, exhaust‬‬ ‫‪We have run out of eggs.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲء‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪) prepositional‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ Get on with somebody :‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪run out of something‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪: (Past Continuous Tense‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫)‪subject + auxiliary verb (BE‬‬ ‫‪+ main verb‬‬
‫‪conjugated in simple past tense‬‬ ‫‪present participle‬‬
‫ﺻﺮﻑ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪was‬‬
‫‪base + ing‬‬
‫‪were‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ not‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪subject‬‬ ‫‪auxiliary verb‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪was‬‬ ‫‪watching‬‬ ‫‪TV.‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪You‬‬ ‫‪were‬‬ ‫‪working‬‬ ‫‪hard.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪He, she, it‬‬ ‫‪was‬‬ ‫‪not helping‬‬ ‫‪Mary.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪We‬‬ ‫‪were‬‬ ‫‪not joking.‬‬
‫?‬ ‫‪Were‬‬ ‫‪you‬‬ ‫‪being‬‬ ‫?‪silly‬‬
‫?‬ ‫‪Were‬‬ ‫‪they‬‬ ‫‪playing‬‬ ‫?‪football‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ )‪ (7pm‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ )‪ (9pm‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪At 8pm yesterday, I was watching TV.‬‬

‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬
‫‪8pm‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪I was working at 10pm last night.‬‬
‫‪They were not playing football at 9am this morning.‬‬
‫‪What were you doing at 8pm last night.‬‬
‫?‪What were you doing when he arrived‬‬
‫‪She was cooking when I telephoned her.‬‬
‫‪We were having dinner when it started to rain.‬‬
‫‪Ram went home early because it was snowing.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪" James Bond was driving through town. It was raining. The wind was blowing‬‬
‫‪hard. Nobody was walking in the streets. Suddenly, Bond saw the killer in a‬‬
‫"‪telephone box...‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪ +‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺭﺥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ when‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ while‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪1- long action: watching TV (expressed with past continuous tense).‬‬
‫‪2- short action: telephoned (expressed with simple past tense).‬‬
‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬
‫‪I was watching TV at 8pm.‬‬
‫‪8pm‬‬

‫‪You telephoned at 8pm.‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ‪ when‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪I was watching TV when you telephoned.‬‬
‫) ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ‪ when‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺻﺒﺢ(‬
‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ when‬ﻭ ‪:while‬‬
‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 36 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

when + short action (simple past tense).

while + long action (past continuous tense).
:‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬while ‫ ﻭ‬when ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ‬
I was walking past the car when it exploded.

When the car exploded I was walking past it.

The car exploded while I was walking past it.

While I was walking past the car it exploded.

:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‬long action ‫ ﻭ‬short action ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬

.‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‬،Telephoned ،‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺸﺪ‬، Watching TV
.‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻡ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ‬،Exploded ،‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺸﺪ‬، Walking past the car

: (Past Perfect Continuous Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

:‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬x
subject + auxiliary verb HAVE + auxiliary verb + main verb
BE
conjugated in simple past past participle present
tense participle
had been base + ing
‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬not ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
subject auxiliary verb auxiliary verb main verb
+ I had been working.
+ You had been playing tennis.
- It had not been working well.
- We had not been expecting her.
? Had you been drinking?
? Had they been waiting long?
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 37 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

I had been I'd been

you had been you'd been

he had he'd been

she had been she'd been
it had been it'd been

we had been we'd been

they had been they'd been

:‫ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬x

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬.‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Ram started waiting at 9am. I arrived at 11am. When I arrived, Ram had been
waiting for two hours.
waiting at 9am. I arrived at 11am. When I arrived, Ram had been waiting for two
hours.
Ram had been waiting for two hours when I arrived.
past present future
Ram starts waiting in past
at 9am.
9 11

I arrive in past at 11am.

:‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
John was very tired. He had been running.
I could smell cigarettes. Somebody had been smoking.
Had the pilot been drinking before the crash?
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ‬
:‫ ﺭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‬Ram ‫ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ‬11 ‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
I am angry. I have been waiting for two hours.
:‫ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ‬
Ram was angry. He had been waiting for two hours.

: (Past Perfect Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

:‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬x
:‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 38 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

subject + auxiliary verb HAVE + main verb

conjugated in simple past tense past participle
had V3
‫ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ‬not ، ‫ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬had ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‬
subject auxiliary verb main verb
+ I had finished my work.

+ You had stopped before me.

- She had not gone to school.

- We had not left.

? Had you arrived?

? Had they eaten dinner?

:‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‬
I had I'd
you had you'd
he had he'd
she had she'd
it had it'd
we had we'd
they had they'd
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬. ‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‬would ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬had ‫' ﻫﻢ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ‬d ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬
‫ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﭘﻲ‬We would ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ‬had We ‫ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬We'd
:‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬
We had arrived. (past participle)
We would arrive. (base)

:‫ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬x

‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬.‫( ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬past in past)
The train left at 9am. We arrived at 9:15am. When we arrived, the train had left.
The train had left when we arrived.
past present future
Train leaves in past at
9am.
9 9.15

We arrive in past at
9.15am.
 ‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 39 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

I wasn't hungry. I had just eaten.
They were hungry. They had not eaten for five hours.
I didn't know who he was. I had never seem him before.
Mary wasn't at home when I arrived. Really? where had she gone?
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬
:‫ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‬9:15 ‫ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬.‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻧﻴﻢ‬
You are too late. The train has left. (present perfect tense).
:‫ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ‬
We were too late. The train had left. (past perfect tense).
: ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ‬، (reported speech) ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﻲ‬
told, said, asked, thought, wondered:
He told us that the train had left.
I thought, I had met her before. But I was wrong.
He explained that he had closed the window because of the rain.
I wondered if I had been there before.
I asked them why they had not finished.

: (Simple Past Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

.‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬Preterit ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
:‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬x
.‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬did ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
:‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
V1 V2 V3
base past past participle
regular verb work worked worked The past form for all
explode exploded exploded regular verbs ends in
like liked liked -ed.
irregular go went gone The past form for
verb see saw seen irregular verbs is
sing sang sung variable. You need to
learn it by heart.
You do not need the past
participle form to make the
simple past tense. It is
shown here for
completeness only.
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬

‫)‪subject + main verb (base‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬
‫)‪subject + auxiliary verb (did) + not + main verb (base‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬
‫)‪auxiliary verb (did) + subject + main verb (base‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ did‬ﺻﺮﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ )‪ (is not conjugated‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﭼﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪ did‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ go‬ﻭ ‪ work‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪subject auxiliary verb‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬
‫‪+ I‬‬ ‫‪went‬‬ ‫‪to school.‬‬
‫‪You‬‬ ‫‪worked‬‬ ‫‪very hard.‬‬
‫‪- She‬‬ ‫‪did‬‬ ‫‪not go‬‬ ‫‪with me.‬‬
‫‪We‬‬ ‫‪did‬‬ ‫‪not work‬‬ ‫‪yesterday.‬‬
‫‪? Did‬‬ ‫‪you‬‬ ‫‪go‬‬ ‫?‪to London‬‬
‫‪Did‬‬ ‫‪they‬‬ ‫‪work‬‬ ‫?‪at home‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء! ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ be to‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ to be‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ did‬ﻛﻪ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .( we were, she|he| it, was ,you were ,I was).‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪to be‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ did‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪subject‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬
‫‪+ I, he/she/it‬‬ ‫‪was‬‬ ‫‪here.‬‬
‫‪You, we, they were‬‬ ‫‪in London.‬‬
‫‪- I, he/she/it‬‬ ‫‪was‬‬ ‫‪not there.‬‬
‫‪You, we, they were‬‬ ‫‪not happy.‬‬
‫‪? Was‬‬ ‫‪I, he/she/it‬‬ ‫?‪right‬‬
‫‪Were‬‬ ‫‪you, we, they‬‬ ‫?‪late‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪The car exploded at 9.30am yesterday.‬‬
‫‪She went to the door.‬‬
‫‪We did not hear the telephone.‬‬
‫?‪Did you see that car‬‬
‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬

‫‪The action is in the past.‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪41‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪I lived in Bangkok for 10 years.‬‬
‫‪The Jurassic period lasted about 62 million years.‬‬
‫‪We did not sing at the concert.‬‬
‫?‪Did you watch TV last night‬‬
‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬

‫‪The action is in the past.‬‬

‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻼ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ) ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪He didn't like the movie.‬‬
‫‪I lived in that house when I was young.‬‬
‫?‪What did you eat for dinner‬‬
‫‪John drove to London on Monday.‬‬
‫‪Mary did not go to work yesterday.‬‬
‫‪We were not late. (for the train).‬‬
‫?‪Were you angry‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ( ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪"The wind was howling around the hotel [past continuous tense], and the rain‬‬
‫‪was pouring down. The door opened and James Bond entered. He took out his‬‬
‫‪coat, witch was very wet and ordered a drink at the bar. He sat down at the‬‬
‫"‪corner of the lounge and quietly drank his...‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ‪: (Present Continuous Tense‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪ (present continuous‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ )‪ (progressive tense‬ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪:.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫)‪subject + auxiliary verb (be) + main verb (base + ing‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪subject auxiliary verb‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪am‬‬ ‫‪speaking to you.‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪You‬‬ ‫‪are‬‬ ‫‪reading‬‬ ‫‪this.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪She‬‬ ‫‪is‬‬ ‫‪not staying‬‬ ‫‪in London.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪We‬‬ ‫‪are‬‬ ‫‪not playing‬‬ ‫‪football.‬‬
‫?‬ ‫‪Is‬‬ ‫‪he‬‬ ‫‪watching‬‬ ‫?‪TV‬‬
‫?‬ ‫‪Are‬‬ ‫‪they‬‬ ‫‪waiting‬‬ ‫?‪for John‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﺍﻻﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪I am eating my lunch.‬‬
‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬

‫‪The action is happening now.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪...the pages are turning.‬‬ ‫‪...the candle is burning.‬‬ ‫‪...the numbers are spinning.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) .‬ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ(‬
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪John is going out with Mary.‬‬

‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬

‫‪The action is happening‬‬

‫‪around now.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Muriel is learning to drive.‬‬
‫‪I am leaving with my sister, until I find an apartment.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ )ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ( ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (future word‬ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺰﺍﻳﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺁ‪‬ﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪tomorrow, next :‬‬
‫‪ week, in June‬ﻭ ‪...‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪) .‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ(‬
‫‪I am taking my exam next month.‬‬
‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬
‫!!!‬
‫‪A firm plan or program‬‬ ‫‪The action is in the‬‬
‫‪exists now.‬‬ ‫‪future.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪We're eating in the restaurant tonight. We've already booked the table.‬‬
‫‪They can play tennis with you tomorrow. They're not working.‬‬
‫?‪When are you starting your new job‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ )‪ (firm plan‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪ ing‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺠﻲ )‪ (Spell‬ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ‪ ing‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭﻳﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺠﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 44 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

(‫ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ) ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬ing ‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ‬

work --> working
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬ play --> playing
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬ assist --> assisting
see --> seeing
be --> being
.‫ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬+ ‫ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﺪﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻱ‬+ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﺼﺪﺭ( ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬
s t o p
stressed
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ consonant
vowel
consonant
(vowels = a, e, i, o, u)
stop --> stopping
run --> running
begin --> beginning
.‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
open --> opening
.‫ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‬y ‫ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‬ie ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬
lie --> lying
‫ﺩﻭﻡ‬
die --> dying
.‫ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬e ،‫ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‬e + ‫ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ‬+ ‫ﺍﮔﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﺪﺍﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬
come --> coming
‫ﺳﻮﻡ‬
mistake --> mistaking

: (Perfect Continuous Tense Present ) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

: ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‬x
subject + auxiliary verb (have, has) + auxiliary verb (been) + main verb (base + ing)
:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
subject auxiliary verb auxiliary verb main verb
+ I have been waiting for one hour.
+ You have been talking too much.
- It has not been raining.
- We have not been playing football.
? Have you been seeing her?
? Have they been doing their homework?
: ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ‬
‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 45 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
:‫ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ) ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
I have been I've been
You have been You've been
He has been He's been
She has been She's been
It has been It's been
John has been John's been
The car has been The car's been
We have been We've been
They have been They've been
:‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
I've been reading.
You've been talking too much.
:‫ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬x
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬.‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
(An action that has just stopped or recently stopped) ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‬-1
:‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‬
I'm tired because I've been running.
past present future
!!!
Recent action. Result now.
I'm tired [now], I've been running.
Why are the grasses wet [now]? Has it been raining?
You don't understand [now], because you haven't been listening.

(An action continuing up to now) ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬-2

for ‫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬since ‫ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
I have been reading for 2 hours.
past present future

Action started in past. Action is continuing now.

I've been reading for two hours. [ I'm still reading now]
We've been studying since 9 o'clock. [ We're still studying now]
How long have you been learning English? [ You are still learning now]
We have not been smoking. [ And we are not smoking now]

‫ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬6 ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬2،‫ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬5 :‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‬for ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 46 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﺩﺭ‬.‫ ﻳﻜﻢ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬،9 ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬:‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‬since ‫ﺍﺯ‬
(‫) ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬.‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
for since
a period of time a point in past time
x------------
20 minutes 6.15pm
three days Monday
6 months January
4 years 1994
2 centuries 1800
a long time I left school
ever the beginning of time
etc etc
: ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
I have been studying for 3 hours.
I have been watching TV since 7pm.
Tara hasn't been feeling well for 2 weeks.
Tara hasn't been visiting us since march.
He has been playing football for a long time.
He has been living in New York since he left school.
.‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬since ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ‬for ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
.‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬present perfect progressive ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬

: (Present Perfect Tense ) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

:‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬x
: ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
subject + auxiliary verb (have) + main verb (past participle)
:‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
subject auxiliary verb main verb
+ I have seen ET.
+ You have eaten mine.
- She has not been to Rome.
- We have not played football.
? Have you finished?
? Have they done it?
: ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
:‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‬.‫ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪47‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪I have‬‬ ‫‪I've‬‬

‫‪You have‬‬ ‫‪You've‬‬
‫‪He has‬‬ ‫‪He's‬‬
‫‪She has‬‬ ‫‪She's‬‬
‫‪It has‬‬ ‫‪It's‬‬
‫‪John has‬‬ ‫‪John's‬‬
‫‪The car has The car's‬‬
‫‪We have‬‬ ‫‪We've‬‬
‫‪They have They've‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ‪ 's‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ have‬ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ be‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ It's eaten‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ It has eaten‬ﻭ ﻫﻢ ‪ It is eaten‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﻛﻲ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ) ‪(experience‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ )‪(change‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ) ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ()‪(continuing situation‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪I have seen ET.‬‬

‫‪He has lived in Bangkok.‬‬
‫?‪Have you been there‬‬
‫‪We have never eaten caviar.‬‬
‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬
‫!!!‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‬
‫‪The action or state was in‬‬ ‫‪In my head, I have a memory‬‬
‫‪the past‬‬ ‫‪now‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻲ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪48‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪I have bought a car.‬‬

‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ‬

‫‪John has broken his leg.‬‬

‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬

‫?‪Has the price gone up‬‬

‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ ﺗﻮﻣﻨﻪ؟‬

‫‪The police have arrested the killer.‬‬

‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺯﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ) .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " Did you have lunch" :‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫" ‪" Have you had lunch‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ) ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ(‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ )‪ (state‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ )‪ (action‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ‪ For‬ﻭ ‪ Since‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪I have worked here since June.‬‬
‫‪He has been ill for 2 days.‬‬
‫?‪How long have you known Tara‬‬
‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺥ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻻﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ For x‬ﻭ ‪ Since‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ‪ for‬ﻭ ‪ since‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ for‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ 5 :‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪2،‬ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ 6‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ since‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ ،9‬ﻳﻜﻢ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ).‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‬
‫‪for‬‬ ‫‪since‬‬
‫‪a period of time a point in past time‬‬
‫‪x------------‬‬
‫‪20 minutes‬‬ ‫‪6.15pm‬‬
‫‪three days‬‬ ‫‪Monday‬‬
‫‪6 months‬‬ ‫‪January‬‬
‫‪4 years‬‬ ‫‪1994‬‬
‫‪2 centuries‬‬ ‫‪1800‬‬
‫‪a long time‬‬ ‫‪I left school‬‬
‫‪ever‬‬ ‫‪the beginning of time‬‬
‫‪etc‬‬ ‫‪etc‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪I have been here for 20 minutes.‬‬
‫‪I have been here since 9 o'clock.‬‬
‫‪John hasn't called for six months.‬‬
‫‪John hasn't called since February.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ for :‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ‪ since‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )‪: (Simple Present Tense‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ (The action is general) .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪I am not fat :‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ).‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ) ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ(‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪The moon goes round the earth :‬‬
‫‪John drives a taxi.‬‬
‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬

‫‪It is John's job to drive a taxi. He does it every day. Past, present and future.‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Subject + Auxiliary verb + Main verb‬‬ ‫****‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﮐﻤﮑﯽ ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬

‫ﺳﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 50 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

.‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬-1

.‫ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬s ‫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬es ‫( ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬she, it ,he) ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬-2
.‫ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‬to be ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬-3

subject auxiliary verb main verb

+ I, you, we, they like coffee.
He, she, it likes coffee.
- I, you, we, they do not like coffee.
He, she, it does not like coffee.
? Do I, you, we, they like coffee?
Does he, she, it like coffee?
!‫ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬،‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬to be ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
subject main verb
I am French.
+ You, we, they are French.
He, she, it is French.
I am not old.
- You, we, they are not old.
He, she, it is not old.
Am I late?
? Are you, we, they late?
Is he, she, it late?

:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

I live in New York.
The moon goes round the earth.
John drives a taxi.
We do not work at night.
Do you play football?
‫ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬to be ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬:‫ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬to be ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
: ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
Am I right?
Tara is not at home.
You are happy.
past present future

.‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪I am not fat.‬‬

‫?‪Why are you so beautiful‬‬
‫‪Ram is tall.‬‬
‫‪past‬‬ ‫‪present‬‬ ‫‪future‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺣﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ(‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ z،ss،s،X،sh،ch‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ o‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﺷﺎﻥ ‪ es‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪).‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ(‪:‬‬
‫‪She watches TV.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﺑﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ‪ y‬ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫‪ y‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ‪ i‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ es‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪He studies.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 52 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

: (Future Continuous Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

:‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬x
subject + auxiliary verb WILL + auxiliary verb BE + main verb
invariable invariable present participle
will be base + ing
‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ‬.‫ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬not ‫ ﻳﻚ‬be ‫ ﻭ‬will ‫ ﺑﻴﻦ‬، ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬will ‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ‬
subject auxiliary auxiliary main
verb verb verb
+ I will be working at 10am.
+ You will be lying on a beach
tomorrow.
- She will not be using the car.
- We will not be having dinner at home.
? Will you be playing football?
? Will they be watching TV?
‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‬will ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ‬
:‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
I will I'll
you will you'll
he will he'll
she will she'll
it will it'll
we will we'll
they will they'll
:‫ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬won't ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬not ‫ ﻭ‬will ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬
I will not I won't
you will not you won't
he will not he won't
she will not she won't
it will not it won't
we will not we won't
they will not they won't
.we ‫ ﻭ‬I ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬.‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬will ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬shall ‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺯ‬:‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 53 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

:‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ x

‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬، ‫ ﻋﻤﻞ‬.‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺵ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
Tomorrow I will start work at 2pm and stop work at 6pm.
At 4pm tomorrow, I will be working.
past present future
4pm
At 4pm, I will be in the
middle of working.
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﻪ‬
:‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
I will be playing tennis at 10am tomorrow.
They won't be watching TV at 9pm tonight.
What will you be doing at 10 pm tonight?
What will you be doing when I arrive? [tomorrow]?
She will not be sleeping when you telephone her.
We will be having dinner when the film starts.
Take your umbrella, it will be raining when you return.
: (Future Perfect Continuous Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
:‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬x
subject + auxiliary verb + auxiliary verb + auxiliary verb + main verb
WILL HAVE BE
invariable invariable past participle present
participle
will have been base + ing
‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬.‫ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬not ‫ ﻳﻚ‬، have ‫ ﻭ‬will ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬will ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ‬
subject auxiliary auxiliary auxiliary main
verb verb verb verb
+ I will have been working for four
hours.
+ You will have been travelling for two
days.
- She will not have been using the car.
- We will not have been waiting long.
? Will you have been playing football?
? Will they have been watching TV?
‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬will ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ‬
:‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 54 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

I will I'll
you will you'll
he will he'll
she will she'll
it will it'll
we will we'll
they will they'll
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬won't ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬not ‫ ﻭ‬will ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬
I will not I won't
you will not you won't
he will not he won't
she will not she won't
it will not it won't
we will not we won't
they will not they won't

:‫ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬x

‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ‬.‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
:‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
I will have been working here for ten years next week.
He will be tired when he arrives. He will have been travelling for 24 hours.

: (Future Perfect Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

:‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬x
subject + auxiliary verb WILL + auxiliary verb HAVE + main verb
invariable invariable past participle
will have V3
:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
subject auxiliary auxiliary main verb
verb verb
+ I will have finished by
10am.
+ You will have forgotten me by
then.
- She will not have gone to
school.
- We will not have left.
? Will you have arrived?
? Will they have received it?
‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 55 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﺭﺍ‬have ‫ ﻭ‬will ،‫ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬will ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ‬
:‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
I will have I'll have I'll've
you will have you'll have you'll've
he will have he'll have he'll've
she will have she'll have she'll've
it will have it'll have it'll've
we will have we'll have we'll've
they will have they'll have they'll've
.we ‫ ﻭ‬I ‫ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬، ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬will ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬shall ‫ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬

:‫ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬x

‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ‬.‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬.‫ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬
The train will leave the station at 9am. You will arrive at the station at 9:15am.
So: When you arrive the train will have left.
The train will have left when you arrive.
past present future
Train leaves in future at 9am.
9 9.15

You arrive in future at 9.15am.

:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
You can call me at work at 8am. I will have arrived at the office by 8am.
They will be tired when they arrive. They will not have slept for a long time.
"Marry won't be at home when you arrive". Really? Where will she have gone?
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
:‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
present perfect tense future perfect tense
|
have | will |
done have |
| done |
>| >|

past now future past now future

: (Simple Future Tense) ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﻢ‬will ‫ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬،‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬will ‫ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬x
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪56‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪subject + auxiliary verb WILL + main verb‬‬
‫‪invariable‬‬ ‫‪base‬‬
‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪V1‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ not‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪subject‬‬ ‫‪auxiliary verb‬‬ ‫‪main verb‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪open‬‬ ‫‪the door.‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪You‬‬ ‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪finish‬‬ ‫‪before me.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪She‬‬ ‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪not be‬‬ ‫‪at school tomorrow.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪We‬‬ ‫‪will‬‬ ‫‪not leave‬‬ ‫‪yet.‬‬
‫?‬ ‫‪Will‬‬ ‫‪you‬‬ ‫‪arrive‬‬ ‫?‪on time‬‬
‫?‬ ‫‪Will‬‬ ‫‪they‬‬ ‫‪want‬‬ ‫?‪dinner‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪I will‬‬ ‫‪I'll‬‬
‫‪you will you'll‬‬
‫‪he will‬‬ ‫‪he'll‬‬
‫‪she will she'll‬‬
‫‪it will‬‬ ‫‪it'll‬‬
‫‪we will we'll‬‬
‫‪they will they'll‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ‪ ، not‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ‪ not‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ) ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ‪ (will‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪I will not‬‬ ‫‪I won't‬‬
‫‪you will not‬‬ ‫‪you won't‬‬
‫‪he will not‬‬ ‫‪he won't‬‬
‫‪she will not‬‬ ‫‪she won't‬‬
‫‪it will not‬‬ ‫‪it won't‬‬
‫‪we will not‬‬ ‫‪we won't‬‬
‫‪they will not‬‬ ‫‪they won't‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫)ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪(No Plan‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺿﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Hold on, I'll get a pen.‬‬
‫‪I will see, What I can do to help you.‬‬
‫‪Maybe, we'll stay in and watch television tonight.‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ to think‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪I think I'll go to the gym (gymnasium) tomorrow.‬‬

‫‪I think I'll have a holiday next year.‬‬
‫‪I don't think I'll buy that car.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫)ﻣﺤﻜﻢ( ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪It will rain tomorrow.‬‬
‫‪People won't go to the Jupiter before 22nd Century.‬‬
‫?‪Who do you think will get the job‬‬
‫‪Be‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ be‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪I will be in London tomorrow.‬‬
‫‪I'm going shopping. I won't be very long.‬‬
‫‪Will you be at work tomorrow.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ going to‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
  :8
 58  

:
food ! ."#$  % &' (things) 
        
 45 /  01 (-67, ) Happiness  .  *+ , -! ! /  01 23 (23 )
 /  01 / (48 4) Human being    0 Happiness *+ , -!
."$
:"#$ /1  
:"# 9 ;  6! /8 ."#$ 01  <! =>   ?  
Person : man, woman, teacher, Mary, John.
Place : home, office, town, country, America, mosque ...
thing : table, car, banana, money, music, love, dog, monkey.
 Love /<# B 8 ."D#E -  45  love /@  A  B C'   / 
. '  
: ; ! ; ?F$  G>H 8 I ( ?"J+ -) ? 
(it's Ending ) 45 4+ ; ?F$ 8
(Position) 45 E 9 7!
(Functions) 45 () /FK
(Noun Endings)   4+ x
. L6 45 48  ?"# 4H /  B /@ 8 G>H! 4+ ! A"#1
ity > nationality
ment > management
ness > happiness
ation > relation
hood > childhood
 -! Q ful 8 spoonful : :&! 4#% /8  M7N -+ O P -! 8 -+ 6P A /$6
. A#1 0 careful FN / -6P 
(Position in Sentence)   E 9 7! x
. G>H  45  /@B    / -$9!   ; 4 -! ! R@3 
this, that, ,a, an : ! ? FN "#5 -! (determiner) ? FN  ; "8 S!  
... such, my
a relief
an afternoon
the doctor
this word
my house
  :8
 59  

such stupidity
:"#5 -! FN "#1   ; "8 S!  
a great relief
a peaceful afternoon
the tall, Indian doctor
this difficult word
my brown and white house [my brown white house]
such crass stupidity
(Functions)  /FK x
:" /@B  -U>H! /FK  
subject of verb : Doctors work hard.
object of verb : He likes coffee.
subject and object of verb : teachers teach students.
 (pronoun)V "# -! /<@8 ."#$   /@B  (object) O" (subject ) %' /H
: "#! ."#8 /$ "P #! / "#E -! W@ ; - E /8 phrase ."#8 (phrase) W%
-6 doctor :   My doctor works hard : /@B  . phrasal verb  / run down
."8 -! My doctor %'
 89 3   
:(Countable Nouns, Uncountable Nouns)
."## -!   89 3  -! R69  R@3  -! -@I 48; 

:   x
., "#! H8   5  -! / "#$ -01  5 ."#$ -# 89 -5 /8  -!
   "#1 ;  .8 /$ , A"#1      -! H8  ,  -! !
:"# -! ?"H!
dog, cat, animal, man, person
bottle, box, liter
coin, note, dollar
cup, plate, folk
table, chair, suitcase, bag
:"#8 (plural)XB  (singular)F! "# -!    
My dog is playing.
My dogs are hungry.
(indefinite article) .# ?F$ an a ?< O P ;  -!  -! 8
A dog is an animal.
a, the, my, : ! /@  45 ? "8 $P   -!  /8 F! WN /8  - / -!I#
."8 .. this
I want an orange. (not I want orange)
  :8
 60  

Where is my bottle? (not where is bottle)

?F$ 89 - # /8 ? C' W@ /8 ;    /8 XB WN /8  - / -!I# -6
:
I like oranges.
Bottles can break.
: ?F$ 0 any  some ;  -!    8 ?
I've got some dollars.
Have you got any pen?
:# ?F$    8 ? 0 many  a few ;  -! A 8 ? Y%
I've got a few dollars.
I haven't got many pens.
Q!  -! ! ."8 -! person L6 XB 6P .   Q! #! /8 people : /$<
:H8 
There is one person here.
There is three people here.

: 89 3   x

 H>8 /8  45 $ / "#8 I 01   Q F! ?! Z  "# -!  89 3  
\8 -6 .H8  -  (milk)  ! &! 4#% /8 .(H8   45 $ ) # [ 0D!
:"# 9  89 3 -! ; &! "#1 /8 ;  . 89 (bottles of milk)  
music, art, love, happiness.
advice, information, news.
furniture, luggage.
rice, sugar, butter, water.
electricity, gas, power.
money, currency.
:# -! ?F$ 0 F! ' ; . -! $' F!   "#!  89 3   8 S!
This news is very important.
your luggage looks heavy.
 - &! 4#% /8 .# - ?F$ an a ?< O P ; S!  89 3   8
# ?F$ a something of 6P ;  -! -6 "a news "  "an information" : I8
:!
a piece of news.
a bottle of water.
a grain of rice.
.# ?F$  89 3 -! 8 ?  -!  any some
I've got some money.
Have you got any rice?
: ?F$  89 3   8 ? 4 -! 0 much a little ;
I've got a little money.
  :8
 61  

I haven't got much rice.

. -! /$FE 0 ( -B  ) mass nouns  89 3   /8 : /$<

:"#8  89 3    "# -! / -  x

.-#!  L 8 E /$6 ."8  89 3   " -!    W9  -E
Countable Uncountable
There are two hairs in my coffee! hair I don't have much hair.
There are two lights in our bedroom. light Close the curtain. There's too much
light!
Shhhhh! I thought I heard a noise. noise It's difficult to work when there is too
much noise.
Have you got a paper to read? paper I want to draw a picture. Have you got
(= newspaper) some paper?
Our house has seven rooms. room Is there room for me to sit here?
We had a great time at the party. time Have you got time for a coffee?
Macbeth is one of Shakespeare's greatest work I have no money. I need work!
works.
-D#'  46  /8  E -6 "#$  89 3 S! (... ? 9 5 )  " : /$<
(4$  Y!) I8  -! # -! <' -"
Two teas and one coffee please.

: (Proper Nouns) G>H!  

4<! G>  !  7N 8 ! /  (-!)  /@ (proper noun) G>H!  
0  -!  / "8 /$ /B . Sony London Marie John : ! 8 -!  /8 ... 4!;
:" -N, ?"%9 G>H!   ."#U>H!  / "#$ -N,   ][' -6 
common noun proper noun
man, boy John
woman, girl Mary
country, town England, London
company Ford, Sony
shop, restaurant Maceys, McDonalds
month, day of the week January, Sunday
book, film War & Peace, Titanic

:G>H!   8 ^08 O P E /8 x

 -_ A! =>  ! A . -! ^08 OP 8  G>H!   &  OP /H
:"# /B ;  6! /8 ."8 -!  ! /$F ; 
They like John.
  :8
 62  

I live in England.
She works for Sony.
The last day in January is a Monday.
We saw Titanic in the Odeon Cinema

:The 4 "8 G>H!   x

:&! 4#% /8 .# - ?F$ The  OP ; => Q 8
first names Bill (not *the Bill)
Hilary
surnames Clinton
Gates
full names Hilary Gates
:  The /8 ;  -_ Q 8 &! ` /8
Renault, Ford, Sony, EnglishClub.com
General Motors, Air France, British Airways
Warner Brothers, Brown & Son Ltd
/8 ; "#8 G>  8 /J#1 "#$ -U> /8 a@\! / - <!    $  ?;L! 8
: The
shops Harrods, Marks & Spencer, Maceys
banks Barclays Bank
hotels, restaurants Steve’s Hotel, Joe’s Café, McDonalds
churches, cathedrals St John’s Church, St Peter’s Cathedral
."8 - The /8 ; 0  4<!  8 S!
towns Washington (not *the Washington), Paris, Tokyo
states, regions Texas, Kent, Eastern Europe
countries England, Italy, Brazil
continents Asia, Europe, North America
islands Corsica
mountains Everest
8  45 "8 Republic  State, Kingdom W@ ; -<  H Q / -N :
#$
:8 -! <8 the
states the United States, the US, the United States of America, the USA
kingdom the United Kingdom, the UK
republic the French Republic
.# - ?F$ The ; E 9 .... President, Doctor, Mr WL6 ; -< Q ; 9 /J#1
the president, the king President Bush (not *the President Bush)
the captain, the detective Captain Kirk, Detective Colombo
the doctor, the professor Doctor Well, Dr Well, Professor Dolittle
my uncle, your aunt Uncle Jack, Aunt Jill
Mr Gates (not *the Mr Gates), Mrs Clinton, Miss Black
  :8
 63  

:"# /B ;  6! /8

I wanted to speak to the doctor.
I wanted to speak to doctor Brown.
Who was the president before president Kennedy.
.8  /8  The " 0 "8 ?  /1  8 ? Mount  Lake / -$6P 
the lake Lake Victoria
the mount Mount Everest
:"# /B ; /@B /8
We live beside Lake Victoria. We have a fantastic view across the lake.
. ?F$ The ; " 0 ...  +  ?  1 A!  8,  ?B 8 &! ` /8
streets etc Oxford Street, Trenholme Road, Fifth Avenue
squares etc Trafalgar Square, Oundle Place, Piccadilly Circus
parks etc Central Park, Kew Gardens
Kennedy Airport !  ?" <H /@ "#1   ; S!  ! -@, A!  $, 
.8 -  /8  The OP 0 WN A  "8 -<!  G> Q &  /@ /J#1
people Kennedy Airport, Alexander Palace, St Paul’s Cathedral
places Heathrow Airport, Waterloo Station, Edinburgh Castle

:The 8 G>H!   x

 -! ... State, Kingdom, Republic 9 ; -@ ! 4H! / -H -! 8 S!
.# -! ?F$ 0 The ;
States the United States of America/the USA
Kingdom the United Kingdom/the UK
Republic the French Republic
:# -! ?F$ The ; 0  9     /,  (canals)  85  8 S!
canals the Suez Canal
rivers the River Nile, the Nile
seas the Mediterranean Sea, the Mediterranean
oceans the Pacific Ocean, the Pacific
:# -! ?F$ The ; 0 A! => XB -! 8 S!
people (families, for example) the Clintons
countries the Philippines, the United States
island groups the Virgin Islands, the British Isles
mountain ranges the Himalayas, the Alps
:"# /B ; WYB /8
I saw the Clintons today, It was Bill's birthday.
Trinidad is the largest island in the West Indies.
Mount Everest is in the Himalaya.
:# -! ?F$ The ; 0 ;   Z 8 &! ` /8
  :8
 64  

hotels, restaurants the Ritz Hotel, the Peking Restaurant

banks the National Westminster Bank
cinemas, theatres the Royal Theatre, the ABC Cinema
museums the British Museum, the National Gallery
buildings the White House, the Crystal Palace
newspapers the Daily Telegraph, the Sunday Post
organisations the United Nations, the BBC, the European Union
:# -! ?F$ The ; 0 " -!  of 8 / -  8 S!
The Tower of London.
The Gulf of Fars.
The London School of Economics.
The Bank of France.
The Statue of Liberty.

.(" -!  01  G> /8 A$ a@ / -$6P) /6 Ob!  -<@!

: .(Possessive 's)
/8 8 F!  /J#1  a@ I 01  G> /8 01 / "H , -! / -!I#
:&! 4#% /8 .0' -!  " ' " !Y%  # 8 XB  /J#1 " 's " !Y% 45  $
the boy's ball. (one boy)
the boys' ball. (two or more boys)
one ball more than one ball
one boy the boy's ball the boy's balls
more than one boy the boys' ball the boys' balls
:  <8 0 W%  8 " -!   8 ? Y% <6! ?7 A
The man next door's mother ( The mother of the man next door )
The Queen of England's dogs.
.  &! " 's " c O $+5 48 /8 -6  ?F$  -! 0 of ; <6! 8 /1 E
The books of my sister.
My sister's book.
( Q) G>H!  
:# -! ?F$   8 's ; X9! $H8 
This is Mary's car.
Where is Ram's telephone?
Who took Anthony's pen?
I like Tara's hair.
:# -! $' F!   ! 45 8 S!  -! $, s 8 -! / -!I#
This is Charles's chair.
O ! -"9 -! 8 S! ) .# /'V " ' " O $+5   # /  B 0 4<! A /$6
(.  -!  /8 6P A
  :8
 65  

Who was Jesus' father?

: ?"d9 -8 XB  
:# -!   A " 's " c O $+5 ; ?F$ 8 S! ?"d9 -8   <6! 4 4H 8

singular noun plural noun

my child's dog my children's dog
the man's work the men's work
the mouse's cage the mice's cage
a person's clothes people's clothes
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫‪66‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ ) ‪:( Adjectives‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ I like Chinese food :‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪ .It is hard :‬ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ‪A beautiful young French lady :‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ) ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ‬
‫‪ A large Impressive, house‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪.A mansion :‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )‪:(Determiners‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‪ .the, an, my, some :‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ )‪(Article‬‬
‫‪the ,a, an‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ )ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻴﺖ( ﻳﺎ )‪(Possessive Adjectives‬‬
‫‪their ,my, you, his, her, our‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪every ,each‬‬
‫‪neither ,either‬‬
‫‪no ,any, some‬‬
‫‪most ,much, many, more‬‬
‫‪least ,little, less‬‬
‫‪fewest ,few, fewer‬‬
‫‪whichever ,what, whatever, which‬‬
‫‪all ,both, half‬‬
‫‪several‬‬
‫‪enough‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ An،A‬ﻭﻳﺎ ‪The‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (Determiner‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪.(Determiners are adjective or modifier that limits a noun) :‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫‪67‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ a dog‬ﻭ ﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪the dog‬؟ ﺑﻪ ‪ a, an‬ﻭ ‪ the‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ )‪ (articles‬ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻪ )‪ (definite‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻜﺮﻩ )‪ (Indefinite‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪Articles‬‬
‫‪Definite Indefinite‬‬
‫‪the‬‬ ‫‪a, an‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ The ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ a‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ an‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪I saw the moon last night.‬‬
‫‪I saw a star last night.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪the‬‬ ‫‪a, an‬‬
‫‪The capital of France is Paris.‬‬ ‫‪I was born in a town.‬‬
‫‪I have found the book that I lost.‬‬ ‫‪John had an omelette for lunch.‬‬
‫?‪Have you cleaned the car‬‬ ‫‪James Bond ordered a drink.‬‬
‫‪There are six eggs in the fridge.‬‬ ‫‪We want to buy an umbrella.‬‬
‫?‪Please switch off the TV when you finish. Have you got a pen‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪ the, a‬ﻭ ‪ an‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ) We want to buy an umbrella.‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﺘﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﭼﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ(‬
‫? ‪ ) Where is the umbrella‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ(‬
‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪ the, a‬ﻭ ‪ an‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪A man and a woman were walking in Oxford Street. The woman saw a dress that‬‬
‫‪she liked in a shop. She asked the man if he could buy the dress for her. He said:‬‬
‫"‪"Do you think the shop will accept a cheque? I don't have a credit card.‬‬

‫‪ Each x‬ﻭ ‪Every‬‬

‫‪ each‬ﻭ ‪ every‬ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‪ each .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ‪ every‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ )ﻳﻜﺠﺎ( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Every artist is sensitive.‬‬
‫‪Each artist sees things differently.‬‬
‫‪Every soldier saluted as the President arrived.‬‬
‫‪The President gave each soldier a medal.‬‬
‫‪ each‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺻﻔﺖ‬:9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 68 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

The soldiers each received a medal.

:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‬of ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬each
The president spoke to each of the soldiers.
He gave a medal to each of them.
:‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‬each ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‬every
He was carrying a suitcase in each hand.
:‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‬every
There is a plane to Bangkog every day.
The bus leaves every hour.
.‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬every ‫ ﻭ‬each ‫ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬

Any ‫ ﻭ‬Some x
.‫ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻢ‬،‫ = ﻳﻚ ﻛﻢ‬Some
.‫ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ‬،‫ = ﻳﻜﻲ‬Any
.‫ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬Any ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬Some ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ‬
some any example situation
+ I have some I have $10.
money.
- I don't have any I don't have $1 and I don't have $10 and I
money. don't have $1,000,000. I have $0.
? Do you have any Do you have $1 or $10 or $1,000,000?
money?
‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬Any ‫ ﻭ‬Some ‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬Somebody\Anybody ‫ ﻭ‬Something\Anything ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺯ‬:‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
(.‫ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬،‫ )ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

He needs some stamps.

I must go. I have some homework to do.
I'm thirsty. I want something to drink.
I can see somebody coming.
He doesn't need any stamps.
I can stay. I don't have any homework to do.
I'm not thirsty. I don't want anything to drink.
I can't see anybody coming.
Does he need any stamps?
Do you have any homework to do?
Do you want anything to drink?
Can you see anybody coming?
:‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Any ‫ﺍﺯ‬
I refused to give them any money. ( I did not give them any money)
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫‪69‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫)‪She finished the test without any difficulty. ( She did not have any difficulty‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ‪ Some‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺒﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪):‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ (‬
‫?‪Would you like some more tea‬‬
‫?‪Could I have some sugar please‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ )‪: (Adjective orders‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪adj. noun verb adj.‬‬
‫‪1 I like big cars.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪My car is‬‬ ‫‪big.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ‪(Adjective before nouns) :‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪I like big black dogs.‬‬
‫‪She was wearing a beautiful long red dress.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭﻛﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ -1 :‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ) ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﺷﺖ ﻭ ‪ -2 (...‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ‪(...‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ )‪:(Opinion‬‬
‫‪She has a nice French car.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ )‪:(Fact‬‬
‫‪She has a nice French car.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ )‪ ، (size‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ )‪ ، (age‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ، (shape‬ﺭﻧﮓ )‪ ، (color‬ﺟﻨﺴﻴﺖ )‪ (material‬ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻴﺖ )‪:(origin‬‬
‫‪A big, old, square, brown, wooden Chinese table.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ )ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ) ‪: (article adjectives‬‬
‫‪A , The‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ) ‪: (possessive adjectives‬‬
‫‪my, your,....‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ) ‪(demonstrative adjectives‬‬
‫‪this, that‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻤ‪‬ﻲ )‪(quantifier adjectives‬‬
‫‪some, any, few, many‬‬
‫ ﺻﻔﺖ‬:9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 70 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

(numbers) ‫ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
one, two,...
:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
adjectives noun
deter- opinion fact
miner age shape colour
two nice old round red candles
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬and ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
Many newspapers are black and white.
She was wearing a long blue an yellow dress.
‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬،‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬: ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
:‫ﻝ‬‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
A: " I want to buy a round table. "
B: " Do you want a new round table or an old round table? "
:‫ﻡ‬‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺩﻭ‬
A: " I want to buy an old table. "
B: " Do you want a round old table or a square old table? "

(verbs Adjective after certain ) ‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ x

:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
(subject+ verb + adjective ):‫ ﺻﻔﺖ‬+ ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬+ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬
Ram is English.
Because she had to wait, she became impatient.
Is it getting dark?
The examination did not seem difficult.
Your friend looks nice.
This towel feels damp.
That new film doesn't sound very interesting.
Dinner smells good tonight.
This milk tastes sour.

: (Comparative Adjectives) ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ‬

‫ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬،‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
.‫ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
.‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬:‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬big ‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺻﻔﺖ‬bigger ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫‪71‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪A1‬‬
‫‪A1 is bigger than A2.‬‬
‫‪A2‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ )‪ :(adjectives short‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ‪ er‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ )‪ : (adjectives long‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ‪.more‬‬
‫‪Short adjectives‬‬
‫‪ old, fast‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ )ﺗﻚ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ(‬
‫‪ happy, easy‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ )ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ old > older‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ‪ er‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ late > later‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ e‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ‪r‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺰﺍﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ big > bigger‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ happy > happier‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﺪ‪ y ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ i‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪Long adjectives‬‬
‫‪ modern, pleasant‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ expensive, intellectual‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ modern > more modern‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪.more‬‬
‫‪expensive > more‬‬
‫‪expensive‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪good ≡> better‬‬
‫‪well (healthy) ≡> better‬‬
‫‪bad ≡> worse‬‬
‫‪far ≡> farther/further‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ er‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ more‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪quiet ≡> quieter/more quiet‬‬
‫‪clever ≡> cleverer/more clever‬‬
‫‪narrow ≡> narrower/more narrow‬‬
‫‪simple ≡> simpler/more simple‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ) ﻧﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫‪72‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ )‪ (comparative adjectives‬ﺑﺎ ‪ then‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪John is 1.80meter. He is tall. But Chris is 1.85meter. He is taller than John.‬‬
‫‪America is big. But Russia is bigger.‬‬
‫‪I want to have a more powerful computer.‬‬
‫?‪Is French more difficult than English‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻳﺦ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪Earth Mars‬‬
‫)‪Diameter (km‬‬ ‫‪12,760 6,790 Mars is smaller than Earth.‬‬
‫‪Distance from Sun‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪228‬‬ ‫‪Mars is more distant from the Sun.‬‬
‫)‪(million km‬‬
‫)‪Length of day (hours‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪A day on Mars is slightly longer than a‬‬
‫‪day on Earth.‬‬
‫‪Moons‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Mars has more moons than Earth.‬‬
‫‪Surface temperature (°C) 22‬‬ ‫‪-23‬‬ ‫‪Mars is colder than Earth.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ) ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Mt Everest is higher than all other mountains.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ )‪(Superlative Adjectives‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ‪ biggest‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ‪ big‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪AB‬‬
‫‪A is the biggest.‬‬
‫‪C‬‬

‫‪ x‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ )‪ : (short adjectives‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ≡< ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ‪ est‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ )‪ : (long adjectives‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ≡< ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪.most‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ‪ the‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :9‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫‪73‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪Short adjectives‬‬
‫‪ old, fast‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ )ﺗﻚ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ(‬
‫‪ happy, easy‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ )ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ old > the oldest‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ‪ est‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ late > the latest‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ e‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ‪st‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺰﺍﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ big > the biggest‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻲ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ happy > the happiest‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﺪ‪ y ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ i‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪Long adjectives‬‬
‫‪ modern, pleasant‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ expensive, intellectual‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ modern > the most modern‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪.most‬‬
‫‪expensive > the most‬‬
‫‪expensive‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ est‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ most‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪quiet ≡> the quietest/most quiet‬‬
‫‪clever ≡> the cleverest/most clever‬‬
‫‪narrow ≡> the narrowest/most narrow‬‬
‫‪simple ≡> the simplest/most simple‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪good ≡> the best‬‬
‫‪bad ≡> the worst‬‬
‫‪far ≡> the furthest‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪John is 1.75meter. David is 1.80meter. Chris is 1.85meter. Chris is the tallest.‬‬
‫‪Canada, China and Russia are big countries. But Russia is the biggest.‬‬
‫‪Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )‪ ،(earth‬ﻣﺮﻳﺦ )‪ (mars‬ﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻱ )‪ (jupiter‬ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺻﻔﺖ‬:9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 74 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

Earth Mars Jupiter

Dia- 12,760 6,790 142,800 Jupiter is the biggest.
meter (km)
Dis- 150 228 778 Jupiter is the most distant
tance from Sun from the Sun.
(million km)
Length of day (hours) 24 25 10 Jupiter has the shortest day.
Moons 1 2 16 Jupiter has the most moons.
Surface temp. 22 -23 -150 Jupiter is the coldest.
(°C)
:‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬the ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬:‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
England is coldest in winter. (not the coldest)
My boss is most generous when we get a big order. (not the most generous)
:10
 75  

:(Pronouns) V
.("# -! ? ! e !  /8 )   -!  /8  B /8 /@B  /  -<1 /@ V
he, you, ours, themselves, some, each , etc : "#! "#$ -@ V
.# < -+  -+  -! ,  7N  8 D! ?I5 " B V 48; "d9  E
:" B V / ?8 45 8 f' &! A  "# /B ; &! /8
Do you like the president? I don't like the president. The president is too pompous.
:I8  -!  V B 8 / -N 
Do you like the president? I don't like him. He is too pompous.

:(Personal Pronouns) -U> V

8)  ?" ? 5 0 -<@! WFN & "B A  ."# -! ?"H!  -U> V 6 ; & "B 
."# /[! -U>V 8   5  (E  6 
:& "B A  ?F$ ! W@
 V = pronouns
" = number
("8 -! ... G> Qh G> &h  4 e#!) G> = person
#B = gender
 ?"##  %' = subject

- = object
-<@! = possessive
subject 4  %' /8 ?"## ? = reflexive
-<@! WFN = possessive adjectives
male 4  2! e#! = m
female 4  ji! e#! = f
 :10
 76  

number person gender* pronouns possessive

subject object possessive reflexive adjectives
1st m/f I me mine myself my
2nd m/f you you yours yourself your
singular 3rd m he him his himself his
f she her hers herself her
n it it its itself its
1st m/f we us ours ourselves our
plural 2nd m/f you you yours yourselves your
3rd m/f/n they them theirs themselves their
:"# /B ;  6! /8
subject She likes homework.
pronoun object The teacher gave me some homework.
possessive This homework is yours.
reflexive John did the homework himself.
possessive adjective The teacher corrected our homework.
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:11‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ )‪:(Propositions list‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ proposition :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 150‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪ to ،of‬ﻭ ‪ in‬ﺟﺰء ﺩﻩ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻜﺸﻨﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪aboard‬‬ ‫‪considering‬‬ ‫‪per‬‬
‫‪about‬‬ ‫‪despite‬‬ ‫‪plus‬‬
‫‪above‬‬ ‫‪down‬‬ ‫‪regarding‬‬
‫‪across‬‬ ‫‪during‬‬ ‫‪round‬‬
‫‪after‬‬ ‫‪except‬‬ ‫‪save‬‬
‫‪against‬‬ ‫‪excepting‬‬ ‫‪since‬‬
‫‪along‬‬ ‫‪excluding‬‬ ‫‪than‬‬
‫‪amid‬‬ ‫‪following‬‬ ‫‪through‬‬
‫‪among‬‬ ‫‪for‬‬ ‫‪to‬‬
‫‪anti‬‬ ‫‪from‬‬ ‫‪toward‬‬
‫‪around‬‬ ‫‪in‬‬ ‫‪towards‬‬
‫‪as‬‬ ‫‪inside‬‬ ‫‪under‬‬
‫‪at‬‬ ‫‪into‬‬ ‫‪underneath‬‬
‫‪before‬‬ ‫‪like‬‬ ‫‪unlike‬‬
‫‪behind‬‬ ‫‪minus‬‬ ‫‪until‬‬
‫‪below‬‬ ‫‪near‬‬ ‫‪up‬‬
‫‪beneath‬‬ ‫‪of‬‬ ‫‪upon‬‬
‫‪beside‬‬ ‫‪off‬‬ ‫‪versus‬‬
‫‪besides‬‬ ‫‪on‬‬ ‫‪via‬‬
‫‪between‬‬ ‫‪onto‬‬ ‫‪with‬‬
‫‪beyond‬‬ ‫‪opposite‬‬ ‫‪within‬‬
‫‪but‬‬ ‫‪outside‬‬ ‫‪without‬‬
‫‪by‬‬ ‫‪over‬‬
‫‪concerning‬‬ ‫‪past‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :12‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪78‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪:‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪hate, like, love, need, prefer, want, wish‬‬
‫‪believe, imagine, know, mean, realize, recognize, remember, suppose,‬‬
‫‪understand‬‬
‫‪belong, concern, consist, contain, depend, involve, matter, need, owe, own,‬‬
‫‪possess‬‬
‫‪appear, resemble, seem,‬‬
‫‪hear, see‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪I want a coffee.‬‬ ‫‪not I am wanting a coffee.‬‬
‫‪I don't believe you are right. not I am not believing you are right.‬‬
‫?‪Does this pen belong to you? not Is this pen belonging to you‬‬
‫‪It seemed wrong.‬‬ ‫‪not It was seeming wrong.‬‬
‫‪I don't hear anything.‬‬ ‫‪not I am not hearing anything.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪ see‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ hear‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ can‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪I can see someone in the distance. (not I am seeing someone in the distance‬‬
‫)‪I can't hear you very well. (not I am not hearing you very well‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ to think‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪I think Ricky Martin is sexy.‬‬
‫‪I am thinking about my homework.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ‪ to think‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ "ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ" ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ to think‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ "ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ" ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬:12 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 79 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬stative ،‫ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬to think ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬
.‫ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬dynamic ، ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬to think ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‬
‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ) ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ‬
(‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Stative sense Dynamic sense
(no real action) (a kind of action)
Simple only Continuous Simple
I think she is Be quiet. I'm thinking. I will think about this
beautiful. problem tomorrow.
I don't consider that We are considering your job We consider every job
he is the right man for application and will give you our application very
the job. answer in a few days. carefully.
This table measures 4 She is measuring the room for a A good carpenter
x 6 feet. new carpet. measures his wood
carefully.
Does the wine taste I was tasting the wine when I I always taste wine
good? dropped the glass. before I drink it.
Mary has three Please phone later. We are We have dinner at
children. having dinner now. 8pm every day.

:‫ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬be ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫( ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬Mary is learning English) ‫ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬be ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬، be ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ‬Mary is French)‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬.‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬be ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
London is the capital of UK. ( not London is being the capital of UK)
Is she beautiful? (not Is she being beautiful?)
Were you late? (not Were you being late?)
‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ‬. ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ‬be ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
. (behave or act) ‫ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﻋﻤﻞ‬be
:‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻌﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬:12 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ 80 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬

Mary is a careful person. (Mary is John is being careful. (John is acting carefully
always careful - it's her nature.) now, but maybe he is not always careful - we
don't know.)
Is he always so stupid? (Is that his They were being really stupid. (They were
personality?) behaving really stupidly at that moment.)
Andrew is not usually selfish. (It is Why is he being so selfish? (Why is he acting
not Andrew's character to be so selfishly at the moment?)
selfish.)
:‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬be ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
I am being
You are being
He, she, it is being
We are being
They are being
.‫" ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺎﻳﻠﻴﻢ‬to be being sick"‫" ﻭ‬to be sick" ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
(‫ ) ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺶ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬She is sick.
(‫ ) ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﻣﻴﺸﻪ‬She is being sick.